1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 #include "blockinput.h"
28 #include "syssignal.h"
30 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
31 if this is not done before the other system files. */
33 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
35 /* If we have Xfixes extension, use it for pointer blanking. */
37 #include <X11/extensions/Xfixes.h>
40 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
41 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
43 #include <sys/types.h>
46 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
53 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
54 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
57 #include "character.h"
60 #include "dispextern.h"
62 #include "termhooks.h"
65 #include "emacs-icon.h"
70 #include "intervals.h"
75 #include "xsettings.h"
77 #include "sysselect.h"
81 #include <X11/Shell.h>
89 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
93 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
94 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
98 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
100 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
101 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
103 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
105 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
106 #if defined USE_MOTIF
107 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* For LESSTIF_VERSION */
108 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
109 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
112 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
113 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
114 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
115 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
116 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
117 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
118 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
120 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
121 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
122 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
123 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
125 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
129 #ifndef XtNinitialState
130 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
134 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
137 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
140 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
144 bool use_xim
= false; /* configure --without-xim */
147 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
150 static bool any_help_event_p
;
152 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
155 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
159 /* The application context for Xt use. */
160 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
161 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
163 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
164 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
166 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
168 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
169 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
170 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
172 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
174 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
176 static int x_noop_count
;
178 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
180 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
181 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
184 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
185 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
187 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
188 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
191 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
192 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
196 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
201 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
202 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
203 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
204 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
206 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
207 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
208 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
210 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
211 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
212 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
213 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
214 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
217 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
218 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int, bool);
219 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
220 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
221 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
222 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
223 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
224 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
225 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
226 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
227 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
228 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
229 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
230 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
231 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
232 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
233 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
234 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
235 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
236 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
237 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
238 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
240 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
241 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
242 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
243 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
244 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
245 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
246 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
247 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
248 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
250 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
251 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
252 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
253 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
254 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
255 const XEvent
*, int *,
256 struct input_event
*);
257 #if ! (defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_MOTIF)
258 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
260 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
261 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
262 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
263 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
264 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
265 static void x_initialize (void);
268 /* Flush display of frame F. */
271 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
273 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
274 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
275 connection may be broken. */
276 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
280 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
285 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
286 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
287 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
288 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
289 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
292 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
295 /***********************************************************************
297 ***********************************************************************/
301 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
302 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
310 struct record event_record
[100];
312 int event_record_index
;
315 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
317 if (event_record_index
== ARRAYELTS (event_record
))
318 event_record_index
= 0;
320 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
321 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
322 event_record_index
++;
329 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
331 struct x_display_info
*
332 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
334 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
336 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
337 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
344 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
346 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
347 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
348 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
350 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
354 unsigned int nchildren
;
357 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
364 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
367 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
369 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
370 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
371 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
373 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
377 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
382 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
383 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
384 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
385 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
389 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
391 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
394 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
396 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
398 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
399 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
400 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
401 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
403 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
405 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
406 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
407 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
409 /* return unless necessary */
414 unsigned long n
, left
;
416 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
417 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
418 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
421 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
423 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
433 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
434 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
435 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
440 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
442 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
446 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
448 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
452 /***********************************************************************
453 Starting and ending an update
454 ***********************************************************************/
456 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
457 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
458 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
459 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
460 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
463 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
469 /* Start update of window W. */
472 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
474 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
475 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
477 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
481 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
483 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
484 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
486 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
488 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
489 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
496 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
499 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
501 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
504 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
506 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
509 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
510 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
513 /* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */
516 x_draw_window_divider (struct window
*w
, int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
518 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
519 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID
);
520 struct face
*face_first
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
521 struct face
*face_last
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
522 unsigned long color
= face
? face
->foreground
: FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
523 unsigned long color_first
= (face_first
524 ? face_first
->foreground
525 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
526 unsigned long color_last
= (face_last
527 ? face_last
->foreground
528 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
529 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
530 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
532 if (y1
- y0
> x1
- x0
&& x1
- x0
> 2)
535 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
536 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
538 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
539 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
540 x0
+ 1, y0
, x1
- x0
- 2, y1
- y0
);
541 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
542 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
543 x1
- 1, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
545 else if (x1
- x0
> y1
- y0
&& y1
- y0
> 3)
548 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
549 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
551 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
552 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
553 x0
, y0
+ 1, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
- 2);
554 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
555 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
556 x0
, y1
- 1, x1
- x0
, 1);
560 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
561 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
562 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
);
566 /* End update of window W.
568 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
569 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
571 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
572 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
573 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
575 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
576 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
580 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
581 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
583 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
588 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1,
589 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
590 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
592 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
594 if (WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
))
595 x_draw_right_divider (w
);
597 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
603 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
604 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
605 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
607 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
609 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
610 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
611 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
616 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
620 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
622 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
623 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
627 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
633 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
634 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
637 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
640 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
644 /* Clear under internal border if any for non-toolkit builds. */
647 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
649 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
651 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
653 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
654 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
655 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
656 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
657 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
658 int margin
= FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
);
661 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
662 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, margin
, width
, border
);
663 x_clear_area (display
, window
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
664 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
670 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
671 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
672 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
673 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
674 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
677 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
681 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
682 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
685 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
686 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
687 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
688 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
689 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
690 overhead is very small. */
695 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
696 && desired_row
->full_width_p
697 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
698 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
700 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
703 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
706 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
707 0, y
, width
, height
);
708 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
709 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
718 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
720 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
721 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
722 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
723 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
724 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
726 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
727 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
729 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
731 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
732 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
733 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
734 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
736 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
738 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
740 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
741 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
744 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
750 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
751 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
755 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
757 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
759 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
761 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
763 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
764 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
766 face
->background
, depth
);
770 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
771 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
774 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
775 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
776 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
777 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
780 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
781 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
782 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
786 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
787 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
788 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
792 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
795 /***********************************************************************
797 ***********************************************************************/
801 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
802 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
803 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
804 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
805 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
806 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
807 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
808 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
809 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
810 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
811 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
812 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
813 unsigned long *, double, int);
814 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
815 double, int, unsigned long);
816 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
817 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
818 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
819 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
820 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
821 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
823 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
824 int, int, int, int, int, int,
826 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
827 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
828 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
831 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
835 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
839 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
841 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
842 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
843 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
845 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
848 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
852 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
853 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
855 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
856 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
857 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
858 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
859 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
860 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
861 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
863 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
864 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
865 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
867 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
868 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
871 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
872 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
873 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
875 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
876 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
879 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
880 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
882 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
887 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
890 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
895 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
896 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
897 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
899 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
901 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
902 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
904 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
905 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
906 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
908 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
912 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
917 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
918 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
919 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
920 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
922 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
923 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
926 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
927 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
929 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
932 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
936 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
937 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
938 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
941 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
947 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
948 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
952 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
954 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
956 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
959 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
961 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
963 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
964 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
966 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
971 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
973 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
974 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
976 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
977 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
980 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
985 /* GC must have been set. */
986 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
990 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
991 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
994 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
996 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
997 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1000 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1005 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1006 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1010 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1015 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1017 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1020 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1025 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1028 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1031 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1032 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1034 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1036 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1038 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1039 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1042 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1043 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1044 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1048 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1050 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1052 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1053 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1054 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1058 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1059 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1064 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1067 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1070 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1071 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1072 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1073 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1077 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1078 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1079 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1080 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1081 contains the first component of a composition. */
1084 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1086 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1087 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1088 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1090 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1094 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1095 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1096 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1097 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1098 s
->background_width
,
1099 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1100 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1101 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1103 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1104 || s
->font_not_found_p
1105 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1108 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1109 s
->background_width
,
1110 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1111 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1117 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1120 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1124 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1125 of S to the right of that box line. */
1126 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1127 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1128 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1132 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1134 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1136 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1138 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1139 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1140 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1142 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1147 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1148 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1151 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1152 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1154 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1156 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1157 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1159 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1160 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1161 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1165 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1168 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1171 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1173 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1174 of S to the right of that box line. */
1175 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1176 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1177 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1181 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1182 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1183 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1184 this composition. */
1186 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1187 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1188 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1190 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1191 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1192 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1194 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1198 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1199 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1200 space on the left or right. */
1201 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1203 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1204 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1206 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1207 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1208 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1213 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1218 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1220 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1221 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1222 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1225 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1229 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1230 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1231 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1234 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1235 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1236 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1237 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1238 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1239 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1247 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1248 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1249 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1255 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1258 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1260 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1264 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1265 of S to the right of that box line. */
1266 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1267 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1268 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1274 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1276 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1277 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1279 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1282 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1283 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1287 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1288 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1289 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1290 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1291 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1292 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1295 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1297 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1298 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1299 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1305 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1308 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1309 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1311 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1312 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1314 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1315 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1316 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1318 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1319 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1320 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1323 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1324 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1325 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1326 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1327 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1328 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1332 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1336 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1337 cannot be determined. */
1339 static struct frame
*
1340 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1342 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1343 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1346 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1348 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1349 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1350 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1351 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1352 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1353 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1355 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1356 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1357 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1361 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1362 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1363 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1369 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1370 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1371 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1372 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1373 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1374 Value is true if successful. */
1377 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1378 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1380 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1381 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1384 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1387 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1388 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1390 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1392 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1394 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1399 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1400 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1402 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1405 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1407 DPY is the display we are working on.
1409 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1410 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1411 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1412 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1414 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1415 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1417 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1418 we allocated the color or not.
1420 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1423 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1424 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1425 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1435 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1436 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1438 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1442 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1443 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1444 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1446 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1448 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1449 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1451 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1453 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1454 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1456 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1457 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1459 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1460 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1465 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1467 params
[0] = color_name
;
1468 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1469 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1470 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1475 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1477 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1479 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1483 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1487 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1488 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1491 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1496 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1497 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1498 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1500 APP is the application context in which we work.
1502 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1503 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1504 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1506 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1509 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1514 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1516 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1519 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1521 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1522 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1523 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1524 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1525 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1530 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1533 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1534 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1535 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1536 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1538 static const XColor
*
1539 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1541 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1543 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1545 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1546 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1549 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1550 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1551 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1553 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1554 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1556 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1557 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1560 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1561 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1565 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1566 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1569 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1571 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1573 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1576 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1578 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1579 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1580 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1581 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1585 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1589 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1590 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1593 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1595 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1599 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1600 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1601 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1605 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1609 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1612 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1613 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1614 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1615 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1617 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1618 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1619 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1621 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1623 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1625 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1626 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1627 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1628 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1630 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1633 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1637 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1638 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1639 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1640 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1644 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1645 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1646 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1647 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1648 XColor
*cached_color
;
1650 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1651 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1652 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1653 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1654 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1656 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1657 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1658 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1662 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1664 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1665 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1671 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1672 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1673 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1677 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1679 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1680 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1684 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1685 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1686 get color reference counts right. */
1689 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, unsigned long pixel
)
1693 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1695 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1696 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1698 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1699 register_color (pixel
);
1705 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1708 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1709 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1710 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1711 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1712 use an additional additive factor.
1714 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1715 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1716 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1719 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1720 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1721 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1722 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1723 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1724 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1727 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1728 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1734 /* Get RGB color values. */
1735 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1736 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1738 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1739 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1740 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1741 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1742 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1744 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1745 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1747 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1748 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1749 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1750 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1751 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1753 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1754 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1755 /* The additive adjustment. */
1756 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1760 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1761 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1762 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1766 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1767 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1768 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1772 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1773 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1776 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1778 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1779 delta to the RGB values. */
1780 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1782 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1783 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1784 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1785 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1796 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1797 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1798 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1799 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1800 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1801 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1804 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
,
1805 int delta
, unsigned long default_pixel
)
1808 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1809 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1810 unsigned long pixel
;
1811 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1812 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1813 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1814 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1816 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1817 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1819 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1820 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1821 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1822 if (relief
->gc
&& relief
->pixel
!= -1)
1824 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1828 /* Allocate new color. */
1829 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1831 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1832 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1833 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1835 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1837 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1839 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1842 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1846 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1849 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1851 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1852 unsigned long color
;
1854 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1855 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1856 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1858 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1859 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1864 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1865 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1866 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1869 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1870 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1872 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1873 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1874 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1875 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1876 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1881 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1882 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1883 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1884 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1885 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1886 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1890 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1891 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1892 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1893 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1895 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1896 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1901 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1903 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1904 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1906 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1907 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1908 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1915 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1916 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1917 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1919 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1920 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1921 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1922 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1929 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1931 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1932 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1934 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
1935 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1936 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1937 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1940 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1942 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1944 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1945 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1949 /* Outermost top line. */
1951 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1952 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1953 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1955 /* Outermost left line. */
1957 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1963 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1964 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
1965 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
1966 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1967 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1968 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
1969 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
1975 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1976 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1977 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1978 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1979 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1980 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1983 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1987 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
1988 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
1989 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
1990 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
1991 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
1992 rectangle to use when drawing. */
1995 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
1996 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1997 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2001 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2002 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2003 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2006 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2007 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2011 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2012 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2015 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2016 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2020 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2021 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2023 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2024 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2028 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2031 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2033 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2034 int left_p
, right_p
;
2035 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2036 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2038 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2039 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2040 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2042 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2043 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2045 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2047 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2048 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2050 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2052 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2054 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2056 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2057 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2059 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2060 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2061 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2063 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2065 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2067 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2068 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2069 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2072 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2073 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2074 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2079 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2082 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2085 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2087 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2088 right of that line. */
2089 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2090 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2092 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2094 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2096 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2097 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2098 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2099 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2105 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2106 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2107 trust on the shape extension to be available
2108 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2110 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2113 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2115 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2116 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2117 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2118 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2119 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2121 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2124 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2125 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2126 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2127 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2128 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2129 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2133 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2135 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2138 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2139 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2140 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2141 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2142 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2143 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2145 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2146 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2147 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2148 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2149 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2150 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2151 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2153 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2154 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2155 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2156 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2157 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2162 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2163 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2164 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2168 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2171 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2173 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2174 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2177 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2179 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2180 right of that line. */
2181 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2182 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2184 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2186 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2188 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2189 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2190 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2191 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2193 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2194 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2196 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2197 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2201 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2202 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2205 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2206 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2208 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2209 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2211 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2212 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2213 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2215 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2216 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2218 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2219 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2222 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2224 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2225 x
-= thick
+ extra_x
, left_p
= 1;
2226 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2227 y
-= thick
+ extra_y
, top_p
= 1;
2228 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2229 x1
+= thick
+ extra_x
, right_p
= 1;
2230 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2231 y1
+= thick
+ extra_y
, bot_p
= 1;
2233 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2234 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2235 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2236 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2240 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2243 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2246 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2248 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2249 right of that line. */
2250 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2251 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2253 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2255 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2257 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2258 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2259 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2260 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2266 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2267 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2268 trust on the shape extension to be available
2269 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2271 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2275 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2276 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2277 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2278 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2279 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2281 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2282 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2283 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2284 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2288 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2289 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2290 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2292 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2293 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2294 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2295 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2296 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2297 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2298 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2300 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2301 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2302 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2303 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2308 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2309 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2310 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2314 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2315 give the rectangle to draw. */
2318 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2322 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2323 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2324 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2325 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2328 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2332 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2335 s->x +-------------------------
2338 | +-------------------------
2341 | | +-------------------
2347 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2349 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2350 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2352 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2355 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2356 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2357 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2358 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2360 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2361 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2363 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2364 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2368 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2369 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2373 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2374 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2375 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2376 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2377 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2379 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2380 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2381 s
->background_width
,
2384 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2386 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2388 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2391 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2392 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2393 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2394 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2395 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2396 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2397 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2402 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2404 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2405 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2406 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2407 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2414 int width
= s
->background_width
;
2416 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2419 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2420 width
-= box_line_hwidth
;
2423 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2424 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2426 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
2429 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2432 /* Draw the foreground. */
2435 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2436 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2437 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2438 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2439 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2442 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2444 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2446 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2447 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2448 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2452 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2455 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2457 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2459 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2460 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2462 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2463 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2464 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2467 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2469 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2473 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2479 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2481 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2483 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2484 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2485 x
+= background_width
;
2487 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2488 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2492 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2494 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2495 if (width
< background_width
)
2498 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2502 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2506 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2507 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2509 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2515 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2516 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2518 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2520 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2521 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2522 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2523 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2528 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2529 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2530 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2531 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2534 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, gc
, None
);
2537 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2539 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2540 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2542 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2543 except for header line and mode line. */
2544 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2546 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2549 if (background_width
> 0)
2550 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2553 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2557 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2563 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2568 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2570 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2571 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2572 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2575 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2577 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2581 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2585 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2586 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2587 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2589 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2592 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2594 /* Draw the waves */
2596 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2606 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2611 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2613 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2617 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2618 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2622 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2625 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2627 bool relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2629 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2630 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2631 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2632 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2635 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2637 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2638 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2639 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2640 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2642 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2643 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2644 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2645 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2647 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2648 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2652 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2653 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2655 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2656 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2657 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2658 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2659 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2660 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2663 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2664 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2665 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2666 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2669 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2671 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2672 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2673 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2674 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2675 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2676 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2678 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2680 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2683 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2687 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2691 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2692 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2694 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2695 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2698 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2699 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2700 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2701 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2703 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2704 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2707 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2708 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2709 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2711 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2712 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2719 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2721 /* Draw underline. */
2722 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2724 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2726 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2727 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2731 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2732 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2733 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2734 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2737 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2739 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2742 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2743 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2745 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2746 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2747 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2751 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2752 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2753 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2756 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2757 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2760 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2761 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2762 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2763 specs, and its default is
2765 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2766 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2768 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2769 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2770 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2772 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2774 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2776 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2778 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2779 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2780 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2781 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2782 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2783 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2784 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2785 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2786 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2787 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2788 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2789 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2793 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2794 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2795 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2796 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2797 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2801 /* Draw overline. */
2802 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2804 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2806 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2807 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2812 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2813 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2814 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2816 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2820 /* Draw strike-through. */
2821 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2823 unsigned long h
= 1;
2824 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2826 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2827 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2832 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2833 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2834 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2836 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2840 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2841 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2842 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2846 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2848 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2849 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2850 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2852 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2853 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2854 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2857 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2858 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2859 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2860 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2862 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2863 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2865 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2871 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2873 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2874 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2875 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2877 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2878 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2879 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2882 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2883 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2884 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2885 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2887 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2888 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2890 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2891 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2896 /* Reset clipping. */
2897 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2901 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2904 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2906 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2907 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2908 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2912 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2916 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2922 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2923 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2926 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
2928 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2929 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
2933 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2936 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2938 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2940 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2944 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2946 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2947 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2948 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2950 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2951 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2952 redisplay, do it here. */
2953 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2954 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2957 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2964 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2967 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2973 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2974 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2975 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2977 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
2978 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
2979 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
2980 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2982 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
2986 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2989 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2990 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2991 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
2992 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
2993 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
2994 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2995 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
2996 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2997 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3000 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3001 pixels into background pixels. */
3005 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3006 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3007 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3009 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3010 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3014 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3015 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
3016 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3017 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3018 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3019 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3020 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3021 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3023 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3024 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3026 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3028 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3029 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3030 width
, flash_height
);
3031 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3033 (height
- flash_height
3034 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3035 width
, flash_height
);
3039 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3040 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3041 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3042 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3047 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3048 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3050 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3052 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3054 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3055 struct timespec timeout
;
3057 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3058 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3061 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3062 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3064 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3065 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3069 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3070 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3072 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3074 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3075 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3076 width
, flash_height
);
3077 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3079 (height
- flash_height
3080 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3081 width
, flash_height
);
3084 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3085 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3086 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3087 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3093 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3095 #undef XFillRectangle
3097 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3108 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, int invisible
)
3111 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, invisible
);
3116 /* Make audible bell. */
3119 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3121 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3129 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3131 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3133 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3139 /***********************************************************************
3141 ***********************************************************************/
3143 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3144 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3147 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3153 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3156 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3158 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3159 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3161 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3162 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3164 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3166 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3167 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3168 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3172 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3173 line at the bottom. */
3174 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3175 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3177 height
= run
->height
;
3181 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3183 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3184 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3186 height
= run
->height
;
3191 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3194 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3195 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3196 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3206 /***********************************************************************
3208 ***********************************************************************/
3212 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3214 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3215 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3216 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3217 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3219 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3220 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3221 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3222 because of this (bug#9310). */
3223 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3224 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3225 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3226 x_uncatch_errors ();
3228 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3229 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3233 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3235 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3236 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3237 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3238 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3240 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3241 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3242 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3243 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3244 x_uncatch_errors ();
3246 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3247 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3250 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3251 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3252 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3253 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3254 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3257 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3259 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3261 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3263 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3264 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3265 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3267 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3268 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3270 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3271 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3273 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
3276 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3279 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3280 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3281 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3284 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3286 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3288 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3290 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3291 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3293 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3294 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3295 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3296 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3297 || ! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame
))
3298 || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3299 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3300 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3302 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3303 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3306 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3309 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3310 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3313 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3315 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3317 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3319 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3320 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3322 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3323 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3327 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3328 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3330 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3331 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3335 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
3336 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
3338 static struct frame
*
3339 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3341 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3347 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3350 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3352 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3354 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3355 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3356 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
3357 /* A tooltip frame? */
3358 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3359 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3360 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3362 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3364 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
3366 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3367 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3368 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
3371 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3372 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
3373 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3375 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3380 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
3382 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
3385 static struct frame
*
3386 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3388 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3389 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
3395 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3400 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
3402 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
3403 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3404 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3409 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3411 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
3414 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
3415 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
3416 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
3418 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3419 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3423 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3424 /* A tooltip frame. */
3432 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
3434 static struct frame
*
3435 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
3436 const XEvent
*event
)
3438 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
3439 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3446 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3449 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3451 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3453 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
3456 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3457 if (x
->menubar_widget
3458 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3465 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
3466 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
3469 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3471 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3478 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3481 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3483 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3487 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
3489 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3490 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
3493 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
3497 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3498 /* Tooltip frame. */
3504 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
3506 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3507 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3509 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
3511 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3512 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3514 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3517 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
3518 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3523 switch (event
->type
)
3528 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3530 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3532 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3533 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3534 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3535 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3537 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3543 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3544 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3545 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3546 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3550 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3552 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3553 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3554 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3561 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3562 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3565 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3567 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3571 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3572 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3573 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3575 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3576 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3577 the appropriate X display info. */
3580 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3582 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3586 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3588 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3590 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3592 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3593 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3594 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3595 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3596 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3598 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3599 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3603 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3605 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3608 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3609 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3610 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3616 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3618 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3620 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3622 int min_code
, max_code
;
3625 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3627 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3628 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3629 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3630 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3631 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3633 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3635 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3636 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3638 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3640 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3641 Alt keysyms are on. */
3643 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3644 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3646 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3648 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3649 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3651 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3653 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3657 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3661 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3663 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3669 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3670 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3675 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3676 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3681 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3682 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3683 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3684 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3689 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3690 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3691 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3692 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3696 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3697 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3698 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3699 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3700 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3709 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3710 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3712 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3713 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3716 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3717 make them just meta, not alt. */
3718 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3720 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3724 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3727 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3731 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3733 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3734 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3735 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3736 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3739 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3740 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3741 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3742 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3743 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3744 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3745 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3746 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3748 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3749 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3750 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3751 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3752 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3753 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3757 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3759 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3760 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3761 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3762 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3766 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3767 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3768 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3769 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3770 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3771 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3772 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3773 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3776 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3777 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3778 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3779 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3780 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3781 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3784 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3787 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3792 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3798 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah.
3800 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
3801 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
3802 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
3803 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
3805 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
3807 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
3808 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
3809 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
3810 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
3811 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
3812 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
3813 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
3814 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
3815 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
3818 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3820 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3824 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
3825 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
3828 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3830 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3831 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3832 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3833 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3835 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3839 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3840 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3841 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3846 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3847 The input handler calls this.
3849 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3850 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3851 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3852 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3855 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
3858 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3860 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3863 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
3864 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3865 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_frame
= frame
;
3866 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_x
= event
->x
;
3867 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_y
= event
->y
;
3869 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3871 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3872 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3873 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3874 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
3879 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3880 r
= &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
;
3881 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
3882 || event
->x
< r
->x
|| event
->x
>= r
->x
+ r
->width
3883 || event
->y
< r
->y
|| event
->y
>= r
->y
+ r
->height
)
3885 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3886 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3887 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3888 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3889 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, r
);
3890 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3897 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3898 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3900 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3901 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3902 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3903 position on the scroll bar.
3905 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3906 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3909 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3910 was at this position.
3912 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3914 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3918 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3919 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3923 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
3927 if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
&& insist
== 0)
3928 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3934 Window dummy_window
;
3937 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3939 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3940 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3941 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3942 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3943 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3945 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3947 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3948 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3949 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3951 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3954 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3955 a different screen. */
3958 /* The position on that root window. */
3961 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3964 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3966 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3968 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3969 containing the pointer. */
3973 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3977 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3978 structure is changing at the same time this function
3979 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3981 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3983 if (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
))
3985 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3986 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3987 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3993 FRAME_X_WINDOW (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
),
3995 /* From-position, to-position. */
3996 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4000 f1
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
;
4006 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4008 /* From-window, to-window. */
4011 /* From-position, to-position. */
4012 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4017 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4020 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4021 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4022 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4023 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4024 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
))
4032 /* Now we know that:
4033 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4034 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4035 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4036 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4037 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4038 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4039 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4040 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4041 never use them in that case.) */
4044 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4045 want the edit window. */
4046 f1
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4048 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4049 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4052 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4053 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4056 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4057 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4059 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4062 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4065 x_uncatch_errors ();
4067 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4070 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4072 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4076 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4082 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4083 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4087 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4088 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4089 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4090 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4091 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4092 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4093 the frame are divided into. */
4095 /* FIXME: what if F1 is not an X frame? */
4096 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
);
4097 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
);
4098 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4103 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4104 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4105 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
4115 /***********************************************************************
4117 ***********************************************************************/
4119 /* Scroll bar support. */
4121 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4123 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4126 static struct scroll_bar
*
4127 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4129 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4131 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4132 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4133 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4135 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4137 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4139 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4142 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4144 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4145 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4146 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4147 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4148 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4151 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4152 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4153 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4154 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4161 #if defined USE_LUCID
4163 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4164 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4167 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4169 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4171 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4172 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4174 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4176 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4182 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4185 /************************************************************************
4187 ************************************************************************/
4189 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4191 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4193 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4194 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4196 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4198 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4199 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4202 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4204 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4206 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4208 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4209 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4210 to avoid jerkiness. */
4212 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4214 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4215 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4216 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4217 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4220 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4221 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4224 const char *end_action
;
4227 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4228 end_action
= "Release";
4229 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4230 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4231 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4232 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4235 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4236 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4239 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4241 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4242 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4243 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4244 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
4246 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
4249 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4250 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4252 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4253 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
4254 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4256 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4257 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4260 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4262 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4263 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4264 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4265 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4268 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4271 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
.xclient
;
4272 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4273 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4274 intptr_t iw
= (intptr_t) w
;
4275 enum { BITS_PER_INTPTR
= CHAR_BIT
* sizeof iw
};
4276 verify (BITS_PER_INTPTR
<= 64);
4277 int sign_shift
= BITS_PER_INTPTR
- 32;
4281 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4282 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4283 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4284 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4285 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4288 /* A 32-bit X client on a 64-bit X server can pass a window pointer
4289 as-is. A 64-bit client on a 32-bit X server is in trouble
4290 because a pointer does not fit and would be truncated while
4291 passing through the server. So use two slots and hope that X12
4292 will resolve such issues someday. */
4293 ev
->data
.l
[0] = iw
>> 31 >> 1;
4294 ev
->data
.l
[1] = sign_shift
<= 0 ? iw
: iw
<< sign_shift
>> sign_shift
;
4295 ev
->data
.l
[2] = part
;
4296 ev
->data
.l
[3] = portion
;
4297 ev
->data
.l
[4] = whole
;
4299 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4300 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4301 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4302 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4305 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4306 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4307 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4308 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4313 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4317 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
4318 struct input_event
*ievent
)
4320 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
4324 /* See the comment in the function above. */
4325 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
4326 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4327 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
4328 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
4330 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4332 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4333 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4336 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4339 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4342 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4343 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4344 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4345 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4351 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4353 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4356 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4357 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4358 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4361 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4363 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4364 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4365 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4369 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4371 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4374 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4376 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4379 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4381 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4384 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4386 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4391 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4394 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4396 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4403 /* Get the slider size. */
4405 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4408 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4409 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4410 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4411 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
4415 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4421 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4422 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4426 #elif defined USE_GTK
4428 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4429 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4432 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4433 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4437 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4438 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4439 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4440 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4442 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4446 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4447 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4448 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4449 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4451 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4452 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4453 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4454 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
4455 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4458 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4459 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4462 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4463 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4466 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4467 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4470 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4471 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4478 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4479 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4485 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
4488 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4489 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4492 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4494 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4496 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4497 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4498 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4505 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4507 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4508 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4509 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4513 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4515 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4516 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4517 float top
= *top_addr
;
4519 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4520 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4522 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4524 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4528 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4530 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4531 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4532 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4533 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4534 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4536 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4538 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4540 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4541 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4542 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4543 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4547 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4548 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4549 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4550 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4551 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4552 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4553 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4556 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4558 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4559 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4560 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4562 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4564 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4566 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4569 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4570 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4572 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4573 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4574 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4575 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4577 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4579 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4581 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4582 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4585 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4587 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4589 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4590 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4594 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4596 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4599 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4600 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4605 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4608 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4614 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4615 unsigned long pixel
;
4620 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4621 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4622 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4623 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4624 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4625 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4626 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4627 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4629 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4632 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4636 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4639 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4643 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4644 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4646 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4647 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4649 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4651 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4653 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4655 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4657 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4659 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4662 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4663 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4665 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4666 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4667 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4668 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4670 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4672 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4673 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4674 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4675 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4676 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4677 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4678 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4679 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4681 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4684 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4688 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4691 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4695 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4697 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4698 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4700 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4703 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4704 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4705 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4707 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4710 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4712 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4715 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4716 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4717 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4719 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4723 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4724 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4725 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4726 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4727 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4728 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4729 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4732 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4733 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4737 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4738 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4739 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4741 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4743 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4746 /* Specify the colors. */
4747 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4750 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4753 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4756 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4762 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4763 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4766 char const *initial
= "";
4767 char const *val
= initial
;
4768 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4769 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4770 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4772 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4773 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4774 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4775 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4776 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4777 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4781 /* Define callbacks. */
4782 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4783 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4786 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4787 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4789 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4791 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4792 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4793 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4794 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4796 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4797 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4798 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4799 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4803 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4806 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4807 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4811 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4813 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4816 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4818 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4821 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4822 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4829 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4831 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4832 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4833 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4834 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4835 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4836 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4837 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4838 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4839 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4840 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4841 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4842 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4843 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4844 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4852 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4853 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4856 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4860 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4861 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4863 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4865 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4866 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4867 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4869 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4871 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4877 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4878 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4882 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4884 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4885 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4886 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4890 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4891 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4892 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4895 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4896 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
4897 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
4898 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
4900 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4901 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4902 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4903 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
4904 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
4907 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
4908 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
4909 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
4910 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4912 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4913 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4916 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4917 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4918 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4920 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4924 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4928 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4930 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4934 /************************************************************************
4935 Scroll bars, general
4936 ************************************************************************/
4938 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4939 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4940 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4943 static struct scroll_bar
*
4944 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4946 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4947 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4948 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4953 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4954 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4955 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4957 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4961 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4962 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4963 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4965 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4966 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4968 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4970 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4972 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4973 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4974 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4975 if (width
> 0 && window_box_height (w
) > 0)
4976 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4977 left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
4979 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4980 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4981 left
, top
, width
, height
,
4982 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4989 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4991 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4993 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4997 bar
->height
= height
;
5001 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
5002 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5005 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5006 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5008 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5009 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5010 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5011 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5013 /* Map the window/widget. */
5014 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5017 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5018 left
,width
, max (height
, 1));
5019 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5020 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5021 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5022 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5023 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5025 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5026 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5027 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5034 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5036 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5038 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5039 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5040 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5043 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5044 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5045 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5046 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5047 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5050 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5052 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
5053 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5054 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5055 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5057 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5059 && start
== bar
->start
5066 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5067 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5068 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5070 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5071 the distance between start and end. */
5073 int length
= end
- start
;
5077 else if (start
> top_range
)
5079 end
= start
+ length
;
5083 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5087 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5091 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5092 if (end
> top_range
)
5095 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5096 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5097 that many pixels tall. */
5098 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5100 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5101 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5103 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5104 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5105 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5106 inside_width
, start
);
5108 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5109 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5110 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5111 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5113 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5114 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5115 /* x, y, width, height */
5116 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5117 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5118 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5120 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5121 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5122 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5123 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5125 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5126 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5127 if (end
< inside_height
)
5128 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5129 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5130 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5131 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
5137 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5139 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5143 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5145 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5148 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5150 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5151 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5152 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5153 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5155 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5158 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5159 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5165 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5166 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5167 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5171 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5173 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5175 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5176 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
5177 int window_y
, window_height
;
5179 /* Get window dimensions. */
5180 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5182 height
= window_height
;
5184 /* Compute the left edge and the width of the scroll bar area. */
5185 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5186 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
5188 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5189 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5191 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5194 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5195 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5199 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5203 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5204 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5206 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5210 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
5212 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5214 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
5216 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5219 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5221 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5224 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5225 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5226 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5227 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5228 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5230 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5231 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5232 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5233 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5234 left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5235 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5237 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5239 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5248 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5252 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5254 /* Remember new settings. */
5258 bar
->height
= height
;
5263 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5264 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5265 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5266 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5268 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5270 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5273 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5276 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5277 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5278 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5281 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5283 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5284 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5288 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5289 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5290 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5291 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5292 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5293 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5294 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5296 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5297 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5298 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5301 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5303 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5304 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5307 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5308 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5309 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5310 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5311 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5312 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5313 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5318 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5319 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5322 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5324 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5328 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5329 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5332 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5334 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5335 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5336 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5338 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5340 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5341 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5343 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5344 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5345 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5347 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5348 one or the other! */
5352 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5354 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5355 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5357 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5359 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5360 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5361 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5362 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5365 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5366 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5369 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
5371 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5373 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5375 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5376 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5377 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5379 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5381 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5383 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5386 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5389 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5390 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5394 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5395 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5396 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5398 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5402 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
5404 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5405 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5406 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5410 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5412 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5413 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5414 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5415 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5417 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5418 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5419 /* x, y, width, height */
5420 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
5422 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5423 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5424 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5425 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5430 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5432 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5433 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5435 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5440 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5441 const XEvent
*event
,
5442 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5444 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5447 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5448 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5449 emacs_event
->modifiers
5450 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
5451 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5452 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5453 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5456 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5457 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5458 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5461 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5462 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5465 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5468 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5469 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5470 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5472 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5474 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5475 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5476 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5478 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
5479 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5481 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5486 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5487 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5491 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5493 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5495 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5499 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5500 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
5502 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5503 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
5505 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
5506 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= bar
;
5509 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5510 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5512 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5513 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
5515 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5517 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5519 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5524 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5526 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5527 on the scroll bar. */
5530 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5531 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5532 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5534 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
5535 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
5536 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5537 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5539 Window dummy_window
;
5541 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5545 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5547 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5549 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5550 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5551 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5553 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5556 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5559 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5561 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5563 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5564 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
5568 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5572 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5574 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5575 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5576 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5577 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5578 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5579 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5581 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5583 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5584 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5587 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
5588 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
5595 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5596 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5597 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5601 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
5603 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5606 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5607 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5608 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5609 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5610 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5611 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5612 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5613 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5615 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5618 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
5620 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5621 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5623 static int temp_index
;
5624 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5626 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5627 if (temp_index == ARRAYELTS (temp_buffer)) \
5629 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5631 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
5633 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
5635 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
5637 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5638 on a particular display. */
5640 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5642 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5643 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5644 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5645 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5647 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5656 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5657 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5658 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5660 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5662 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5666 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5668 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5669 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5670 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5673 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5674 event
->xclient
.window
);
5676 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5681 static int current_count
;
5682 static int current_finish
;
5683 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5685 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5686 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5687 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5688 static GdkFilterReturn
5689 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5691 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5694 if (current_count
>= 0)
5696 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5698 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5701 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5702 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5703 so we do it here. */
5704 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5706 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5709 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5714 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5717 += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5721 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5725 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5726 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5728 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5730 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5733 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5734 enum xembed_message
,
5735 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5737 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5739 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5740 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5741 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5742 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
5744 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5747 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
5748 const XEvent
*event
,
5749 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5752 struct input_event ie
;
5753 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5757 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5758 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
5759 struct coding_system coding
;
5760 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5761 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5762 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5763 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5764 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
5765 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5769 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5771 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5772 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5775 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
5777 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
5778 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5780 switch (event
->type
)
5784 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5785 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
5787 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5789 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
5790 because this could be the shell widget window
5791 if the frame has no title bar. */
5794 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5795 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5796 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5798 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5799 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5800 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5801 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5802 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5805 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5806 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5807 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5808 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5811 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5812 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5813 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5816 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
5817 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5818 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5820 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
5821 /* The ICCCM says this is
5822 the only valid choice. */
5824 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5825 /* This is needed to detect the error
5826 if there is an error. */
5828 x_uncatch_errors ();
5830 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5835 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5837 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5838 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5839 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5840 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5841 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5842 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5843 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5844 session manager and one for this. */
5846 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5849 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5850 event
->xclient
.window
);
5851 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5852 for a single Emacs process. */
5853 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5854 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5855 event
->xclient
.window
,
5856 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5858 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5859 event
->xclient
.window
,
5865 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5869 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5871 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5872 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5879 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5882 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5885 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5887 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5888 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5892 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5899 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5903 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
5904 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
5907 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5909 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
5910 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
5912 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5913 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5914 currently never do because we are interested in
5915 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5916 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5917 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5920 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5921 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5925 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5926 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5927 we construct an input_event. */
5928 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5930 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
5931 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5934 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5936 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5937 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5939 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5940 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5941 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
5943 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5947 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
5952 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5953 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5957 case SelectionNotify
:
5958 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselection
.time
;
5959 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5960 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
5962 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5963 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
5966 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5967 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionclear
.time
;
5968 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5969 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
5971 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5973 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
5975 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5976 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5977 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5978 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5982 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5983 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionrequest
.time
;
5984 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5985 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5987 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5989 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
5991 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5992 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5993 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5994 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5995 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5996 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5997 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6001 case PropertyNotify
:
6002 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xproperty
.time
;
6003 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
6004 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6005 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
)
6006 && FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
6007 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6009 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
6010 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
6011 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
6012 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6013 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6014 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6015 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6016 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6017 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6020 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
6021 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6024 case ReparentNotify
:
6025 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
6028 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
6029 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6031 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6032 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6033 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6035 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6040 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
6043 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6045 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6046 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6047 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6048 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6053 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6 and later, see
6054 http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=15398. */
6055 x_clear_area (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6056 event
->xexpose
.window
,
6057 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6058 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6060 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6061 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6066 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6067 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6069 #if defined USE_LUCID
6070 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6071 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6072 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6074 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
6076 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6078 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6080 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6081 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6083 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6084 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6085 event
->xexpose
.window
);
6088 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
6089 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6092 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6093 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6097 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6098 source area was obscured or not
6100 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6102 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
6103 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6104 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6105 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6106 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6109 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6112 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6113 source area was completely
6118 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6119 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6122 x_redo_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
);
6125 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
6126 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6127 the frame was deleted. */
6129 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6130 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6131 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6132 display that won't ever be seen. */
6133 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6134 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6135 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6136 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6137 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6138 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6139 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6140 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6142 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
6143 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6144 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6150 if (event
->xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6151 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6152 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6155 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6156 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6157 frame is visible. */
6158 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
6161 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
6163 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6164 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6165 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6166 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6168 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6169 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6170 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6174 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6175 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6177 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6178 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6179 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6180 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6183 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6190 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6191 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6193 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6194 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6195 if (popup_activated ())
6201 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6202 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6203 mouse highlighting. */
6204 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6206 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6208 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6209 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6213 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6216 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6217 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6218 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6219 event
->xkey
.window
);
6220 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6222 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6223 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6226 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6230 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6231 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6232 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6235 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6236 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6237 status_return even if the input is too long to
6238 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6239 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6240 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6241 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6242 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6243 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6244 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6246 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6248 /* Event will be modified. */
6249 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
6252 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6253 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6254 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is nonzero
6256 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6259 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6260 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6261 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
6263 /* This will have to go some day... */
6265 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6266 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6267 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6268 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6269 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6270 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6271 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6273 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6274 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6275 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6276 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6277 not it is combined with Meta. */
6278 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6279 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6284 Status status_return
;
6286 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6287 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6288 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6289 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6291 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6293 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6294 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6295 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6296 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6297 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6300 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6301 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6303 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6308 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6309 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6313 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6314 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6317 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6318 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6322 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6323 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6324 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6327 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6328 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6330 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6331 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6333 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6334 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
6336 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6337 translations to characters. */
6338 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6339 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6341 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6342 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6346 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6347 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6349 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6350 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6352 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6353 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6357 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6358 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6359 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6364 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6365 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6366 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6367 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6371 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6372 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6373 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6374 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6375 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6376 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6378 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6379 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6381 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6382 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6383 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6384 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6385 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6387 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6388 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6390 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6391 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6393 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6394 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6396 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6397 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6399 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6400 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6402 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6403 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6405 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6406 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6408 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6409 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6411 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6412 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6414 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6415 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6417 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6418 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6420 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6421 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6423 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6424 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6426 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6427 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6428 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6429 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6430 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6431 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6432 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6433 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6434 don't have real modifiers but
6435 should be treated similarly to
6436 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6437 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6438 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6439 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6443 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6444 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6446 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6447 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6451 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6455 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6457 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6459 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6462 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6464 /* Decode the input data. */
6466 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6467 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6468 we used just above and the locale. */
6469 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6470 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6471 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6472 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6473 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6474 gives us composition information. */
6475 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6477 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6479 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6480 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6481 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6482 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6483 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6484 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6487 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6488 character events. */
6489 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6492 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6493 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6495 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6496 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6497 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6498 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6500 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6505 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6507 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6510 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
6511 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
6515 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6516 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6524 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6526 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6527 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6535 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6536 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6540 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6541 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6543 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6544 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6545 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6546 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
6548 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6549 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6550 if (!f
&& dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6551 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6556 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6560 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6561 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6563 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
6566 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6568 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6569 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6570 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6571 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6574 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6575 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6576 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6577 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6578 if (any_help_event_p
)
6582 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6583 else if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6584 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6589 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6594 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
6595 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6596 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6598 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
6599 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
));
6601 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6603 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6604 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6608 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6614 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6615 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6616 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6618 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
6619 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
6620 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, 0);
6622 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6623 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6624 will be selected only when it is active. */
6625 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6626 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
6627 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6628 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6629 create event iff we don't leave the
6631 && (focus_follows_mouse
6632 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6633 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6635 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6636 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6638 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
6639 last_mouse_window
= window
;
6641 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
6642 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6646 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6647 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6648 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
6649 event
->xmotion
.window
);
6652 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
6653 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6655 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6656 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6657 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6660 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6661 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6662 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6663 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6668 case ConfigureNotify
:
6669 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
6673 && event
->xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6675 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
,
6676 event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6682 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6684 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
);
6685 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6687 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6688 is called by the code that handles resizing
6689 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6691 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6692 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6693 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6694 if (width
!= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
)
6695 || height
!= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
)
6696 || event
->xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6697 || event
->xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6699 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
6700 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
6701 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6702 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6705 /** FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = event->xconfigure.width; **/
6706 /** FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = event->xconfigure.height; **/
6707 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6711 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6712 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6713 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6714 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6716 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6719 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6720 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6729 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6730 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6731 bool tool_bar_p
= 0;
6733 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6734 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
6735 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
6737 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
6738 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
));
6741 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6746 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6747 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6748 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6749 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6752 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
6753 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
6755 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6756 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6758 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
6759 handle_tool_bar_click
6760 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6761 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
6763 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
6766 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6767 if (! popup_activated ())
6770 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6772 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
6773 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6775 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6776 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6778 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
6779 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6782 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6784 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6785 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
6786 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6790 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6791 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
6792 event
->xbutton
.window
);
6794 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6795 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6797 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6799 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6800 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6802 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6804 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6805 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6808 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
6810 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6811 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6814 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6817 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6819 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6820 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6821 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6825 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6826 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
6827 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6828 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6829 Instead, save it away
6830 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6831 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6832 if (! popup_activated ()
6834 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6835 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
6837 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
6838 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6839 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6840 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
6841 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6842 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
6843 && event
->xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6844 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
6846 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
6847 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
6848 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
6849 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
6850 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6851 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6855 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6859 case CirculateNotify
:
6862 case CirculateRequest
:
6865 case VisibilityNotify
:
6869 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6871 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
6873 case MappingModifier
:
6874 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6875 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6876 case MappingKeyboard
:
6877 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
6882 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6887 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6889 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6890 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
6892 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6897 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6899 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6904 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6909 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6915 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6916 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6917 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6921 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6922 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6931 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6932 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6933 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6935 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6937 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6939 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6940 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6942 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6945 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6950 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6951 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6953 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6954 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
6955 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
6959 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
6962 int event_found
= 0;
6963 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
6967 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
6968 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
6970 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
6971 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
6975 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
6980 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6983 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
6984 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
6989 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
6991 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
6997 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
6998 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
6999 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7000 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7002 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7003 from all displays. */
7005 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7007 current_count
= count
;
7008 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7010 gtk_main_iteration ();
7012 count
= current_count
;
7014 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7016 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7019 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7021 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7022 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7025 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7026 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7027 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7029 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7033 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7034 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7036 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7038 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7039 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7043 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7044 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
7045 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
7047 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
7048 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
7059 /***********************************************************************
7061 ***********************************************************************/
7063 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7064 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7066 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7067 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7068 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7071 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
7072 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
7074 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7075 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7076 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7078 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7080 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7081 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7082 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7083 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7084 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7086 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7090 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7093 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7095 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7096 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7097 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7100 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7103 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7104 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7105 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7106 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7109 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7110 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7111 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7113 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7114 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7115 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7116 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7117 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7119 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7120 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7121 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7123 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7124 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7125 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7126 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7130 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7132 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7133 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7134 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7138 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7140 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7141 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7143 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7144 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7146 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7147 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7150 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7151 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7152 the bar might not be in the window. */
7153 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7155 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7156 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7157 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7161 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7162 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7163 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7164 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7165 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7168 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7169 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7170 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7171 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7172 that the glyph is legible. */
7173 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7174 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7176 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7177 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7180 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7183 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7184 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7187 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7189 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7191 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7194 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7195 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7197 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7199 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7200 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7201 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7202 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7204 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7205 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7206 width
, row
->height
);
7210 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7213 width
= row
->height
;
7215 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7217 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7218 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7220 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7221 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7222 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7223 row
->height
- width
),
7224 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7227 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7232 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7235 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7237 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7238 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7239 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7240 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7244 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7247 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7249 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), x
, y
, width
, height
);
7251 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7252 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7253 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7258 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7261 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
7262 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
7263 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
7265 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7269 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7270 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7272 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7273 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7274 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7275 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7277 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7278 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7282 switch (cursor_type
)
7284 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7285 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7288 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7289 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7293 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7297 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7301 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7310 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7311 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7312 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7316 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7322 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7325 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7327 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7329 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7332 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7333 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7334 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7335 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7340 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7341 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7342 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7344 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7345 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7346 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7350 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7351 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7357 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
== -2
7358 || xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7359 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7361 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= -2;
7365 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7367 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7369 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7373 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7376 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7377 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7381 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7382 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7386 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7387 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7388 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7389 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7390 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7392 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7395 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7396 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7402 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7403 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7406 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7408 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7413 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7414 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7416 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7417 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7420 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7421 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7422 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7423 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7428 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7430 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7431 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7433 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7434 be called from a signal handler.
7437 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7438 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7440 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7442 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7444 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7445 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7446 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7449 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7451 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7452 x_error_message
->string
,
7453 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7456 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7457 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7460 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7461 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7462 stored in *x_error_message.
7464 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7465 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7467 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7470 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7472 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7474 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7478 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7479 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7480 x_error_message
= data
;
7483 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7484 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7487 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7489 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7493 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7494 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7495 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7496 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7498 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7499 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7504 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7505 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7506 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7509 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7511 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7514 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7516 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7517 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7518 x_uncatch_errors ();
7519 error (format
, string
);
7523 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7524 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7527 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7529 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7532 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7535 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7538 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7540 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7543 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7544 * idea. --lorentey */
7545 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7548 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7550 while (x_error_message
)
7551 x_uncatch_errors ();
7556 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7559 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7564 /************************************************************************
7566 ************************************************************************/
7568 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7570 static char *error_msg
;
7572 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7573 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7576 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7578 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7579 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7580 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7582 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7583 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7585 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7586 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7590 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7592 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7593 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7596 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7597 that are on the dead display. */
7598 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7600 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7602 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7603 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7604 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7605 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7606 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7607 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7610 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7611 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7612 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7613 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7614 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7615 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7617 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7618 trying to find a replacement. */
7619 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7620 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7623 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7624 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7627 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7628 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7629 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7631 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7632 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7633 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7634 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7635 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7636 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7637 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7638 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7639 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7642 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7644 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7645 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7647 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7648 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7649 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7650 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7655 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7656 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7660 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7662 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7663 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7667 totally_unblock_input ();
7669 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7670 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7672 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7673 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7675 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7676 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7677 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7678 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7681 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7682 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7683 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7685 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7686 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7689 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7691 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
7692 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
7693 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
7699 if (x_error_message
)
7700 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7702 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7706 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7707 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7708 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7710 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7712 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7713 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7715 static void NO_INLINE
7716 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7718 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7720 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7721 or colors that are not defined. */
7723 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7726 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7727 original error handler. */
7729 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7730 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7731 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7732 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7736 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7737 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7738 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7741 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7745 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7746 DisplayString (display
));
7747 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7751 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7753 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7754 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7755 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7759 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7761 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7765 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7766 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7767 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7768 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7772 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7773 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7774 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7775 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7777 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7778 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7780 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7782 /* Compute character columns occupied by scrollbar.
7784 Don't do things differently for non-toolkit scrollbars
7786 unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7787 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7788 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7789 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
7791 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + unit
- 1) / unit
;
7793 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7795 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7796 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7797 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7798 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7799 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
7800 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 1);
7805 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7808 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7817 /***********************************************************************
7819 ***********************************************************************/
7825 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7826 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7827 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7830 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7832 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7833 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7837 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7838 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7840 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7841 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7843 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7844 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7848 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7849 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7850 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7854 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7857 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7858 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7861 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7862 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7865 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7873 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7874 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7881 XIMCallback destroy
;
7884 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7885 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7888 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7889 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7890 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7896 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7897 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7901 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7903 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7904 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7905 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
7906 when the callback was registered. */
7909 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7911 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
7912 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
7914 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
7918 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
7920 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
7921 as they have no XIC. */
7922 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
7924 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
7927 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7929 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7932 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
7933 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
7935 create_frame_xic (f
);
7936 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
7937 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
7938 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
7940 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
7941 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
7950 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7953 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7954 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
7955 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
7956 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
7959 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7961 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7965 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7966 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
7969 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
7970 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
7971 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
7972 ret
= XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
7973 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
7974 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
7975 /* This is XPointer in XFree86 but (XPointer *)
7976 on Tru64, at least, hence the configure test. */
7977 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
7978 eassert (ret
== True
);
7979 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7980 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
7981 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7983 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7987 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
7990 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
7995 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7996 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
;
7998 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8000 Bool ret
= XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
8001 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
8002 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
8003 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8004 eassert (ret
== True
);
8006 xfree (xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8008 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8009 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8010 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8011 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8012 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8014 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8017 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8021 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8022 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8025 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8027 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8029 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8030 is already for the top-left corner. */
8031 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8034 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8035 position that fits on the screen. */
8036 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8037 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8038 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8041 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8043 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8044 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8045 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8047 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8048 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8049 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8050 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8053 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8054 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8056 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8059 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8060 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8061 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8064 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8065 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8066 so the flags should correspond. */
8067 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8070 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8071 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8072 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8073 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8074 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8077 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8079 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8081 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8085 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8087 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8089 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8090 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8092 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8095 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8097 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8098 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8100 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8102 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8103 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8104 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8105 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8106 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8109 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8110 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8112 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8113 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8116 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8117 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8118 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8119 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8122 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8123 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8124 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8126 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8127 (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8128 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8129 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8130 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8131 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8136 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8137 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8138 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8139 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8140 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8143 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8146 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8147 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8148 Window wmcheck_window
;
8149 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8150 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8151 long max_len
= 65536;
8152 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8153 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8154 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8158 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8159 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8160 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8161 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8162 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8163 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8165 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8167 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8168 x_uncatch_errors ();
8173 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8176 /* Check if window exists. */
8177 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8179 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8181 x_uncatch_errors ();
8186 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8188 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8189 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8190 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8191 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8192 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8193 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8195 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8197 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8198 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8199 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8200 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8201 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8203 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8205 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8206 x_uncatch_errors ();
8211 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8212 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8213 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8218 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8219 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8221 x_uncatch_errors ();
8228 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8230 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8232 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8233 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8235 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8237 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8239 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8241 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
8246 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8249 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8251 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8253 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8254 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8257 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8258 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8259 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8261 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8264 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8270 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8271 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8272 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8273 long max_len
= 65536;
8274 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8275 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8276 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8279 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8282 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8283 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8284 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8285 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8286 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8288 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8290 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8291 x_uncatch_errors ();
8293 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
8296 x_uncatch_errors ();
8298 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8300 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8301 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8304 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8306 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8308 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8309 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8311 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8313 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8315 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8316 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8318 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8320 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8321 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8322 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8326 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8331 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8334 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8336 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8337 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8340 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8342 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8343 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8345 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8347 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8351 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8353 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8354 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8355 are sent at once. */
8356 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8358 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8359 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8360 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8361 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8362 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8363 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8365 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8366 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8367 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8368 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8369 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8370 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8371 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8373 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8374 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8375 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8376 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8377 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8378 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8379 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8381 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8382 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8383 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8384 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8385 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8387 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8388 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8389 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8391 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8392 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8395 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8399 return have_net_atom
;
8403 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
8405 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8408 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8416 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8418 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8421 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8426 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8429 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8432 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8435 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8440 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8441 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8446 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8447 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8449 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8451 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8454 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8455 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8457 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8458 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8459 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8461 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8463 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8464 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8466 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8468 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8469 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8470 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8471 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8472 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8474 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8475 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8477 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8478 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8481 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8486 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8487 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8488 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8489 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8490 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8491 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8492 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8495 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8497 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8499 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8500 window manager window around the frame. */
8502 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8504 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8506 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8511 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8512 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8513 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8515 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8517 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8518 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8520 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8521 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8523 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8526 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8527 frame's position. */
8529 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8533 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8534 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8535 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8536 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8537 of an exact comparison. */
8540 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8544 while (count
++ < 50)
8546 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8548 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8549 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8552 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8553 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8557 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8560 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8561 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8564 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8568 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8569 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8571 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8575 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8577 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8579 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8582 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8583 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8585 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
8587 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8588 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8589 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8590 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
8592 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
8594 pending_signals
= 1;
8595 totally_unblock_input ();
8596 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8598 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8603 time_now
= current_timespec ();
8604 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
8607 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8608 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8609 break; /* Timeout */
8612 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
8616 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8617 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8618 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8619 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8622 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
8624 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8626 check_frame_size (f
, &width
, &height
, pixelwise
);
8628 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8630 pixelwidth
= ((pixelwise
8631 ? FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
)
8632 : FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
))
8633 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
));
8634 pixelheight
= ((pixelwise
8635 ? FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
)
8636 : FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
))
8637 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8638 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
8639 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8640 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8641 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8642 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8645 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8646 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8647 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8648 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8649 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8651 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8652 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8653 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8654 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8656 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8657 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8658 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8659 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8660 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8662 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8665 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8666 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8667 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8668 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8669 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8672 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
8678 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8679 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8680 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8681 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8684 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
8688 check_frame_size (f
, &width
, &height
, pixelwise
);
8690 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8692 int text_width
, text_height
;
8694 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8695 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8696 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/width to
8697 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8698 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8699 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8700 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8701 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8702 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8703 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8705 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8707 text_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8708 text_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, pixelh
);
8710 change_frame_size (f
, text_width
, text_height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
8714 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8716 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
8717 height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
8719 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
, height
);
8721 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
, pixelwise
);
8722 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8724 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
, pixelwise
);
8725 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
8726 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
8729 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8731 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8732 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8734 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8735 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8736 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8737 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8738 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8743 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8746 frame_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8750 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8751 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8755 /* Raise frame F. */
8758 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8761 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8762 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8763 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8767 /* Lower frame F. */
8770 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8772 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8775 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8776 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8781 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8784 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
8786 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8787 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8788 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8789 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8790 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8793 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8796 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8798 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8799 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8801 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8803 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8806 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8807 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8808 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8810 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
8815 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, int raise_flag
)
8823 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8825 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8827 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8829 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8832 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8834 unsigned long data
[2];
8835 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8837 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8840 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8841 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8842 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8844 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8847 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8848 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8852 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8853 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8854 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8855 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8856 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8857 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8858 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8859 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8860 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8862 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8863 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8864 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8867 /* Change of visibility. */
8869 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8870 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8871 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8872 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8873 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8874 finishes with it. */
8877 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
8879 int original_top
, original_left
;
8884 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
8886 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8888 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8889 call x_set_offset a second time
8890 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8891 before the window gets really visible. */
8892 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8893 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8894 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8895 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8897 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8899 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8900 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8901 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8902 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8903 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8906 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8907 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8909 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8911 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8912 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8914 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8915 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8917 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8918 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8919 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8922 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8924 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8925 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8926 so that incoming events are handled. */
8929 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8930 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8931 will set it when they are handled. */
8932 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8934 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8935 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8937 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8940 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8942 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8943 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8944 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8945 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8947 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8948 because the window manager may choose the position
8949 and we don't want to override it. */
8951 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8952 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8953 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8954 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8955 && previously_visible
)
8959 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8963 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8964 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8965 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8966 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8967 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8968 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8969 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8970 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8971 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8973 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8974 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8975 original_left
, original_top
);
8980 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8982 /* Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen. */
8983 while (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8985 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8988 /* If on another desktop, the deiconify/map may be ignored and the
8989 frame never becomes visible. XMonad does this.
8990 Prevent an endless loop. */
8991 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) && ++tries
> 100)
8994 /* This hack is still in use at least for Cygwin. See
8995 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2013-12/msg00351.html.
8997 Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8998 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8999 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9000 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9001 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9003 if (input_polling_used ())
9005 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9006 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9007 handler reset it. */
9008 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9009 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9010 poll_for_input_1 ();
9011 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9014 if (XPending (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9017 XNextEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &xev
);
9018 x_dispatch_event (&xev
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9024 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9026 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9029 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9033 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9034 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9036 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9037 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9038 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9042 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9043 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9044 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9045 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9046 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9047 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9050 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9051 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9054 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9055 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9060 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9061 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9064 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9068 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9069 just by the event that we get from the server.
9070 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9071 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9072 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9073 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9074 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
9081 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9084 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9086 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9090 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9091 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9092 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9094 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9099 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
9101 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9102 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9104 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9105 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9107 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9108 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9109 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9115 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9117 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9119 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9120 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9121 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9122 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9123 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9124 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9125 so we have to record it here. */
9126 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9127 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9132 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9133 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9134 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9138 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9140 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9141 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9144 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9146 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9148 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9149 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9150 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9151 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9152 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9153 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9155 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9156 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9158 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9159 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9163 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9164 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9165 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9166 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9167 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9169 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9170 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9172 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9176 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9180 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9182 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9184 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9186 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9187 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9190 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9191 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9193 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9195 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9199 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9202 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9204 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9205 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9206 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9208 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9213 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9214 commands to the X server. */
9215 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9217 /* Always exit with visible pointer to avoid weird issue
9218 with Xfixes (Bug#17609). */
9219 if (f
->pointer_invisible
)
9220 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, 0);
9222 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9223 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9225 free_frame_faces (f
);
9227 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9228 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9230 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9231 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9232 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9233 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9234 toolkit scroll bars. */
9235 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9237 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9238 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9247 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9248 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9250 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9251 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9253 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9254 we are using a toolkit. */
9255 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9256 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9258 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9259 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9262 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9263 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9265 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9266 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9267 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9269 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9270 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9271 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9272 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9273 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9274 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9276 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9277 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9278 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9279 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9280 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9281 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9282 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9283 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9284 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9285 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9286 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9287 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
9288 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9289 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
9290 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9294 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
9295 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
9297 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
9298 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
9300 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
9302 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
9303 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
9307 if (f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
!= 0)
9308 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
9309 if (f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
9310 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
9311 if (f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
9312 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
);
9313 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
9314 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
);
9315 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
9316 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
);
9317 if (f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
!= 0)
9318 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
);
9319 if (f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
!= 0)
9320 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
);
9322 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9325 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9326 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9327 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9329 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9330 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9331 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9332 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9333 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9334 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9335 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9336 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
9342 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9345 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9347 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9349 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9350 commands to the X server. */
9351 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9352 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9354 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9358 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9360 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9361 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9362 that the window now has.
9363 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9364 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9365 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9369 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9371 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9372 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9374 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9375 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9377 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9382 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9383 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9385 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9386 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9388 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9389 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9391 size_hints
.width_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9392 size_hints
.height_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9394 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9395 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9396 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9397 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9399 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9401 int base_width
, base_height
;
9402 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9404 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9405 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9407 check_frame_size (f
, &min_cols
, &min_rows
, 0);
9409 if (frame_resize_pixelwise
)
9410 /* Needed to prevent a bad protocol error crash when making the
9411 frame size very small. */
9413 min_cols
= 2 * min_cols
;
9414 min_rows
= 2 * min_rows
;
9417 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9418 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9419 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9420 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9421 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9423 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9424 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9425 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9427 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9428 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9429 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9430 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9431 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9434 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9437 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9442 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9443 long supplied_return
;
9446 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9450 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9455 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9456 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9457 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9458 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9459 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9460 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9461 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9462 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9469 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9470 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9474 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9475 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9477 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9479 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9481 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9483 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9486 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9488 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9491 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9492 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9493 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9494 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9496 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9497 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9499 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9500 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9504 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9506 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9508 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9509 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9514 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9515 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9516 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9517 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9521 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9529 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9533 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9537 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9538 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9539 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9540 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9543 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9545 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9546 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9548 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9552 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9554 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9556 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9557 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9558 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9560 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9564 /***********************************************************************
9566 ***********************************************************************/
9570 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9574 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9576 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9577 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9578 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9581 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9584 /***********************************************************************
9586 ***********************************************************************/
9588 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9589 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9590 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9591 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9593 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9594 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9595 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9597 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9598 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9599 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9600 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9601 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9602 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9603 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9606 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9608 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9610 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9612 static int x_initialized
;
9614 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9615 the screen number from the server number. */
9617 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9620 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9621 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9622 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9624 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9625 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9626 length_until_period
++;
9628 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9629 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9631 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9633 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9634 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9635 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9636 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9637 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9638 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9639 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9640 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9641 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9642 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9643 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9644 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9645 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9646 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9648 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9652 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9656 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9657 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9660 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9661 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9664 get_bits_and_offset (unsigned long mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9685 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9686 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9689 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9691 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9692 return dpy
? (XCloseDisplay (dpy
), 1) : 0;
9697 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9698 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9700 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9701 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9705 /* Create invisible cursor on X display referred by DPYINFO. */
9708 make_invisible_cursor (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
9710 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9711 static char const no_data
[] = { 0 };
9716 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9717 pix
= XCreateBitmapFromData (dpy
, dpyinfo
->root_window
, no_data
, 1, 1);
9718 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pix
!= None
)
9722 col
.red
= col
.green
= col
.blue
= 0;
9723 col
.flags
= DoRed
| DoGreen
| DoBlue
;
9724 pixc
= XCreatePixmapCursor (dpy
, pix
, pix
, &col
, &col
, 0, 0);
9725 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pixc
!= None
)
9727 XFreePixmap (dpy
, pix
);
9730 x_uncatch_errors ();
9735 /* True if DPY supports Xfixes extension >= 4. */
9738 x_probe_xfixes_extension (Display
*dpy
)
9742 return XFixesQueryVersion (dpy
, &major
, &minor
) && major
>= 4;
9745 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
9748 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using Xfixes functions. */
9751 xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
9755 XFixesHideCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9757 XFixesShowCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9758 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
9761 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
9764 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using invisible cursor. */
9767 x_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
9769 eassert (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0);
9771 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9772 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
9774 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9775 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
9776 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
9779 /* Setup pointer blanking, prefer Xfixes if available. */
9782 x_setup_pointer_blanking (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
9784 /* FIXME: the brave tester should set EMACS_XFIXES because we're suspecting
9785 X server bug, see http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=17609. */
9786 if (egetenv ("EMACS_XFIXES") && x_probe_xfixes_extension (dpyinfo
->display
))
9787 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer
;
9790 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= x_toggle_visible_pointer
;
9791 dpyinfo
->invisible_cursor
= make_invisible_cursor (dpyinfo
);
9795 /* Current X display connection identifier. Incremented for each next
9796 connection established. */
9797 static unsigned x_display_id
;
9799 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9800 the structure that describes the open display.
9801 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9803 struct x_display_info
*
9804 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9808 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9809 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9821 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9822 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9828 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9829 char **argv2
= argv
;
9832 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9834 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9838 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9839 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9841 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9845 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9847 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9849 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9850 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9853 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9854 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9856 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9858 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9859 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9860 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9862 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9863 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9864 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9865 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9867 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9868 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9869 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9871 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9873 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9876 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9880 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9882 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
9883 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9885 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9886 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9888 s
= build_string (file
);
9889 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9891 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9892 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9896 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9897 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9900 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9901 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9902 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9904 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9905 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9906 So let's not use it until R6. */
9908 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9919 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9920 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9922 turn_on_atimers (0);
9923 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9924 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9925 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9927 turn_on_atimers (1);
9930 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9935 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9936 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9937 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9938 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9939 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9941 /* Detect failure. */
9948 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9950 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9951 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9954 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9956 for (share
= x_display_list
; share
; share
= share
->next
)
9957 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share
->name_list_element
)),
9958 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9961 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9964 terminal
->kboard
= allocate_kboard (Qx
);
9966 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9968 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9970 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9971 list of terminals. */
9972 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
9973 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
9974 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
9975 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
9977 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
9978 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
9980 kset_system_key_alist
9982 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
9983 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
9985 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
9986 terminal_list
= terminal
;
9990 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
9991 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
9992 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
9993 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
9994 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
9996 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
9999 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10000 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10001 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10003 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
);
10004 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10006 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10007 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
10010 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10013 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10014 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10015 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10016 dpyinfo
->x_id
= ++x_display_id
;
10017 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10018 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10019 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10020 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10022 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10023 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10025 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10027 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10028 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10029 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10031 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10032 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10034 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10035 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10036 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10037 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10039 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10041 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10043 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10045 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10046 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10047 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10048 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10049 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10050 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10051 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10053 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
10055 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10056 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10058 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10059 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10060 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10061 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10062 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10063 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10066 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10067 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10069 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10072 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10073 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10074 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10076 if (STRINGP (value
)
10077 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10078 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10079 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10083 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10084 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10088 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10089 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10090 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10091 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10092 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10094 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10096 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10097 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10101 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10103 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10104 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10105 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10106 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10107 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10108 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10109 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10110 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10111 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10115 static const struct
10120 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
10121 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
10122 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
10123 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10124 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10125 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10126 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
10127 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10128 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10129 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
10130 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
10131 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
10132 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
10133 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
10134 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
10135 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
10136 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
10137 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
10138 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
10139 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
10140 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
10141 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
10142 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
10143 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
10144 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
10145 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
10146 /* For properties of font. */
10147 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
10148 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
10149 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
10150 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
10151 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
10152 /* Ghostscript support. */
10153 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
10154 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
10155 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10156 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
10158 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
10159 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10160 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10161 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10162 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10163 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10164 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10165 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10166 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
10167 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10168 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
10169 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
10170 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
10171 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
10172 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
10173 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
10174 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
10175 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
10176 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
10177 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
10178 /* Session management */
10179 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
10180 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
10181 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
10185 const int atom_count
= ARRAYELTS (atom_refs
);
10186 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10187 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10188 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10189 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10190 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10191 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10192 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10194 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10195 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10197 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10198 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10199 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10200 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10202 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10203 False
, atoms_return
);
10205 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10206 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
10208 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10209 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10211 xfree (atom_names
);
10212 xfree (atoms_return
);
10215 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10216 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10217 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10219 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10220 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10223 x_setup_pointer_blanking (dpyinfo
);
10226 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10229 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10231 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10233 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10234 if (connection
!= 0)
10235 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10238 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10239 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10241 if (interrupt_input
)
10242 init_sigio (connection
);
10246 XFontStruct
*xfont
= NULL
;
10247 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10250 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10251 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10252 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10253 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10254 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10255 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10256 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10257 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10258 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10260 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !((xfont
= XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))))
10261 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10263 XFreeFont (dpy
, xfont
);
10264 x_uncatch_errors ();
10268 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10269 for debugging X code. */
10272 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10273 build_string ("synchronous"),
10274 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10276 if (STRINGP (value
)
10277 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10278 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10279 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10284 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10285 build_string ("useXIM"),
10286 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10289 if (STRINGP (value
)
10290 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10291 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10294 if (STRINGP (value
)
10295 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10296 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10302 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10303 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10305 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10306 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10314 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10315 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10318 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10320 struct terminal
*t
;
10322 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10324 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10325 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10328 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10329 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10330 x_session_close ();
10332 delete_terminal (t
);
10336 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10337 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10339 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10340 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10343 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10345 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10346 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10347 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10350 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10351 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10352 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10356 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10358 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10359 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10360 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10361 that slows us down. */
10364 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10367 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10368 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10370 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10371 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10372 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10373 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10378 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10379 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10380 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10381 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10382 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10383 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10384 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10387 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10390 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10392 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10393 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10394 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10399 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10402 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10404 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10406 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10410 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10412 x_after_update_window_line
,
10413 x_update_window_begin
,
10414 x_update_window_end
,
10416 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10417 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10418 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10419 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10420 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10421 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10422 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10423 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10424 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10425 x_clear_frame_area
,
10426 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10427 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10428 x_draw_window_divider
,
10429 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10433 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10435 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10437 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10438 int connection
= -1;
10440 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10441 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10442 if (!terminal
->name
)
10447 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10450 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10453 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10454 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10455 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10457 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10459 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10460 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10462 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10463 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10464 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10465 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10467 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10468 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10469 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10470 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10471 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10472 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10473 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10474 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10475 leaks in other situations. */
10477 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10478 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10480 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10482 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10483 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10484 closing all the displays. */
10485 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10489 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10491 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10492 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10494 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10496 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10499 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
10500 if (connection
!= -1)
10501 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10503 /* Mark as dead. */
10504 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10505 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10509 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10510 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10512 static struct terminal
*
10513 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10515 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10517 terminal
= create_terminal (output_x_window
, &x_redisplay_interface
);
10519 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10520 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10522 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10524 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10525 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10526 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10527 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10528 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10529 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10530 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10531 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10532 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10533 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10534 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10535 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10536 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10537 terminal
->menu_show_hook
= x_menu_show
;
10538 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
10539 terminal
->popup_dialog_hook
= xw_popup_dialog
;
10541 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10542 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10543 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10544 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10545 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10546 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10547 /* Other hooks are NULL by default. */
10553 x_initialize (void)
10558 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10559 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10560 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10563 current_count
= -1;
10566 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10567 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10569 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10570 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10572 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10574 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10575 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10576 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10577 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10578 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10579 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10580 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10582 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10585 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10587 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10588 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10592 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10593 original error handler. */
10594 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10595 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10600 syms_of_xterm (void)
10602 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10604 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10605 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10608 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10609 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10611 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10614 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10615 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10616 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10617 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10618 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10619 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10620 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10622 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10624 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10625 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10626 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10627 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10628 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10629 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10630 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10632 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10633 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10634 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10635 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10636 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10637 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10638 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10639 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10640 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10642 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10643 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10644 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10645 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10646 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10647 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10648 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10650 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10651 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10652 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10654 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10656 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10659 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10662 DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value
, "modifier-value");
10663 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
10664 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10665 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
10666 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10667 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
10668 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10669 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
10670 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10672 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10673 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10674 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10675 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10676 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10677 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10679 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10680 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10681 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10682 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10683 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10684 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10686 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10687 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10688 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10689 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10690 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10691 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10693 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10694 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10695 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10696 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10697 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10698 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10700 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10701 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10702 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10703 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10704 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),